1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
3 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 #include "safe-ctype.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
33 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
34 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
36 struct elf_info_failed
38 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
42 /* This structure is used to pass information to
43 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
45 struct elf_find_verdep_info
47 /* General link information. */
48 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
49 /* The number of dependencies. */
51 /* Whether we had a failure. */
55 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
56 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
58 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
60 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
61 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
62 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
66 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
68 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
70 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
73 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
74 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
75 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
76 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
77 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
81 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
83 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
86 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
90 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
92 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
93 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
98 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
102 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
104 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
106 /* This function may be called more than once. */
107 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".got");
111 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
113 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
114 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
115 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
116 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
123 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
125 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
129 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
131 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
133 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
134 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
139 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
140 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
142 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
144 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
145 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
146 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
147 a global offset table. */
148 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
149 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
150 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
158 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
160 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
162 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
164 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
165 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
166 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
168 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
170 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
171 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
177 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
178 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
179 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
180 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
181 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
182 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
185 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
192 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
195 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
198 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
201 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
202 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
204 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
206 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
207 shared library does not. */
208 if (info
->executable
)
210 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
211 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
216 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
217 if they are not needed. */
218 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
219 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
221 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
224 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
225 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
227 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
230 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
231 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
233 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
236 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
237 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
239 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
242 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
243 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
247 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
249 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
252 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
253 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
254 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
255 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
256 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
257 to decide how to initialize the process. */
258 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
259 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
265 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
266 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
268 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
270 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
273 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
275 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
276 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
278 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
280 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
281 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
282 variable count of 32-bit words. */
283 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
284 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
286 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
289 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
290 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
291 the .got and .plt sections. */
292 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
293 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
296 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
301 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
304 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
306 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
309 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
310 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
312 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
313 .rel[a].bss sections. */
314 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
317 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
318 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
319 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
320 to read in from the object file. */
321 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
323 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
324 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
325 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
327 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
329 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
333 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
335 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
337 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
338 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
339 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
345 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
346 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
347 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
349 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
353 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
356 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
358 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
359 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
360 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
361 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
362 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
363 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
364 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
365 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
369 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
370 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
371 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
372 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
373 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
374 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
375 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
376 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
377 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
378 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
382 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
383 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
384 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
385 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
387 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
395 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
396 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
397 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
398 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
399 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
400 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
404 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
407 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
409 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
414 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
415 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
416 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
417 this would not be necessary. */
418 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
422 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
423 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
426 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
434 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
435 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
437 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
440 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
441 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
446 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
448 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
449 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
451 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
452 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
453 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
454 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
455 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
458 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
463 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
465 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
471 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
474 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
475 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
476 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
478 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
480 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
481 if(h
->dynamic
|| info
->relocatable
)
484 if ((info
->dynamic_data
485 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
487 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)))
489 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
490 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
494 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
495 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
498 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
499 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
505 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
508 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
511 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
512 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
516 switch (h
->root
.type
)
518 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
519 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
520 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
522 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
523 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
524 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
525 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
526 may depend on this. */
527 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
528 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
529 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
531 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
532 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
535 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
536 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
537 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
540 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
541 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
542 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
543 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
545 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
546 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
547 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
548 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
550 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
555 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
556 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
557 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
558 force the correct value. */
562 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
564 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
565 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
566 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
567 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
571 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
577 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
578 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
579 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
582 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
584 if (!info
->relocatable
586 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
587 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
593 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
596 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
599 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
600 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
601 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
602 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
603 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
605 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
613 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
614 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
615 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
618 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
623 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
624 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
625 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
626 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
628 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
629 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
631 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
634 /* See if the entry exists already. */
635 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
636 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
639 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
640 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
644 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
645 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
646 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
648 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
652 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
653 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
657 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
658 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
660 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
661 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
662 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
667 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
668 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
669 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
671 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
674 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
675 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
680 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
681 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
683 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
685 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
687 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
688 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
689 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
690 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
693 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
695 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
697 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
702 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
705 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
709 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
711 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
712 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
717 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
718 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
719 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
722 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
725 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
730 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
731 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
737 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
738 STB_LOCAL binding. */
741 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
744 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
746 if (!h
->forced_local
)
749 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
750 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
755 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
756 omitted when creating a shared library. */
758 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
759 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
762 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
764 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
768 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
769 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
771 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
772 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
775 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
776 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
778 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
779 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
780 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
784 if (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
785 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
786 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
791 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
792 against any other section. */
798 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
799 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
800 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
801 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
805 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
806 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
807 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
809 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
811 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
813 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
815 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
816 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
817 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
818 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
819 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
821 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
823 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
825 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
826 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
829 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
831 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
832 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
833 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
836 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
837 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
840 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
841 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
842 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
843 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
846 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
850 /* Merge st_other field. */
853 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
854 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, bfd_boolean definition
,
857 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
859 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
860 code might be needed here. We never merge the visibility
861 attribute with the one from a dynamic object. */
862 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
863 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
866 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has requested
867 we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
871 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
872 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
873 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
874 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
876 if (!dynamic
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != 0)
878 unsigned char hvis
, symvis
, other
, nvis
;
880 /* Only merge the visibility. Leave the remainder of the
881 st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
882 other
= h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
884 /* Combine visibilities, using the most constraining one. */
885 hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
886 symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
892 nvis
= hvis
< symvis
? hvis
: symvis
;
894 h
->other
= other
| nvis
;
898 /* This function is called when we want to define a new symbol. It
899 handles the various cases which arise when we find a definition in
900 a dynamic object, or when there is already a definition in a
901 dynamic object. The new symbol is described by NAME, SYM, PSEC,
902 and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table entry. We set
903 OVERRIDE if the old symbol is overriding a new definition. We set
904 TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the type to change. We set
905 SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size to change. By OK to
906 change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the type or size does
907 change. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT if an old common symbol in a dynamic
908 object is overridden by a regular object. */
911 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
912 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
914 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
917 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
918 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
919 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
921 bfd_boolean
*override
,
922 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
923 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
925 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
927 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
928 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
931 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
932 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
933 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
939 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
941 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's no way to
942 combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block for this executable. */
943 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
944 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
950 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
951 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
953 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
954 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
959 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
961 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
962 if we are doing an ELF link. */
963 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
966 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
967 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
969 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
970 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
971 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
973 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
974 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
976 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
978 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
979 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
981 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
983 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
984 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
985 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
986 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
987 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
988 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
989 reference to the executable symbol. */
992 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
994 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
996 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
997 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1003 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1007 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1008 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1009 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1011 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1017 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1020 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1027 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1028 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1029 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1033 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1034 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1035 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1036 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1039 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1040 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1041 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1045 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1046 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1047 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1048 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1050 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1052 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1053 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1054 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1055 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1056 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1057 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1059 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1060 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1061 || !h
->def_regular
))
1066 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1067 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1069 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1070 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1071 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1074 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1075 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1077 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1079 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1080 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1081 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1083 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1084 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1086 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1087 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1089 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1090 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1092 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
1093 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
1094 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. We only do it
1095 if the existing regular definition won't be dynamic. */
1096 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1098 && !info
->export_dynamic
1103 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1104 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1105 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1106 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1107 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1113 /* Plugin symbol type isn't currently set. Stop bogus errors. */
1114 if (oldbfd
!= NULL
&& (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
1115 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1117 /* Check TLS symbol. We don't check undefined symbol introduced by
1119 else if (oldbfd
!= NULL
1120 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1121 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1124 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1125 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1127 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1147 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1148 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1149 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1150 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1151 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1152 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1153 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1155 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1156 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1157 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1159 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1160 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1161 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1163 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1167 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1168 definition from a dynamic object. */
1170 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1171 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1174 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1176 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1177 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1178 recorded as dynamic.
1180 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1181 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1182 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1187 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1190 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1191 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1192 object, we remove the old definition. */
1193 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1195 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1196 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1197 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1198 was referenced before. */
1201 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*vh
= *sym_hash
;
1203 vh
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1204 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1205 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, vh
, h
);
1207 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) vh
;
1208 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1210 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1211 any dynamic link state. */
1212 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1213 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1220 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1230 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1231 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1232 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1233 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1234 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1235 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1236 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1237 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1239 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1240 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1244 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1245 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1248 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1250 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1251 any dynamic link state. */
1252 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1253 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1259 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1265 if (bind
== STB_GNU_UNIQUE
)
1266 h
->unique_global
= 1;
1268 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1269 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1270 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1271 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1272 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1273 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1274 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1276 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1277 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1279 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1281 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1284 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1285 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1286 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1288 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1289 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1290 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1295 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1296 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1298 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1299 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1302 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1303 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1305 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1306 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1307 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1308 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1309 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1310 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1311 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1312 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1313 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1314 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1315 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1318 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1319 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1321 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1322 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1323 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1324 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1325 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1331 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1332 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1335 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1337 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1341 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1343 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1344 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1347 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1349 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1351 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1352 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1353 if (bed
->merge_symbol
1354 && !bed
->merge_symbol (info
, sym_hash
, h
, sym
, psec
, pvalue
,
1355 pold_alignment
, skip
, override
,
1356 type_change_ok
, size_change_ok
,
1357 &newdyn
, &newdef
, &newdyncommon
, &newweak
,
1359 &olddyn
, &olddef
, &olddyncommon
, &oldweak
,
1363 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1364 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1369 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1371 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1372 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1373 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1374 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1375 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1377 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1378 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1381 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1382 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1384 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1387 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1388 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1389 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1390 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1391 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1392 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1394 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1395 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1396 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1397 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1398 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1399 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1404 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1405 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1409 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1411 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1412 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1414 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1415 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1416 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1417 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1418 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1420 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1421 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1424 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1425 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1426 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1427 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1431 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1435 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1436 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1437 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1438 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1441 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1442 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1444 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1445 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1446 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1447 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1450 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1451 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1453 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1454 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1455 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1459 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1464 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1465 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1466 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1467 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1468 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1470 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1471 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1472 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1477 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1478 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1483 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1484 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1487 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1488 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1489 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1492 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1494 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1495 overriding a function. */
1497 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1501 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1502 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1505 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1507 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1510 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1513 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1514 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1515 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1516 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1519 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1520 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1521 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1522 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1523 in the shared library. */
1526 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1529 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1530 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1531 or the alignment. */
1532 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1533 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1536 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1537 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1539 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1542 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1543 in the dynamic object. */
1544 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1545 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1548 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1550 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1551 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1553 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1554 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1556 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1559 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1564 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1565 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1566 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1567 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1568 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1569 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1570 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1571 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1575 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1582 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1583 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1584 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, PSEC, VALUE, and OVERRIDE. We
1585 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1588 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1589 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1590 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1592 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1595 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
,
1596 bfd_boolean override
)
1598 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1599 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1602 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1603 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1604 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1605 bfd_boolean collect
;
1606 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1608 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1611 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1612 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1613 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1614 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1615 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1616 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1621 /* We are overridden by an old definition. We need to check if we
1622 need to create the indirect symbol from the default name. */
1623 hi
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
,
1625 BFD_ASSERT (hi
!= NULL
);
1628 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1629 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1631 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1637 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1638 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1639 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1641 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1642 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1643 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1645 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1646 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1648 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1649 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1650 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1651 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1652 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1653 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1655 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1656 NULL
, NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1657 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1666 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1667 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1668 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1670 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1674 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1675 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1676 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1677 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1678 name, and it is the default version.
1680 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1681 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1682 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1684 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1685 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1686 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1687 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1688 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1689 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1690 definition in the regular object. */
1692 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1693 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1694 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1696 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1697 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1701 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1705 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1710 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1711 other fields correctly. */
1715 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1716 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1717 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1719 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1720 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1721 the user in that case. */
1723 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1725 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1727 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1728 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1730 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1736 if (! info
->executable
1743 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1749 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1753 len
= strlen (name
);
1754 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1755 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1757 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1758 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1760 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1761 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1762 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1764 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1765 NULL
, NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1766 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1774 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1775 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1776 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1777 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1778 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1779 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1780 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1786 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1787 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1788 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1790 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1792 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1793 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1794 to the user in that case. */
1796 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1798 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1800 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1806 if (! info
->executable
1812 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1822 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1823 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1826 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1828 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1830 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1831 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1834 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1835 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1838 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1839 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
1840 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
1841 h
->root
.root
.string
))
1843 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1853 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1854 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1855 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1856 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1859 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1862 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
1863 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1864 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1867 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1872 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
1875 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1876 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1880 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1883 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1884 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1890 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1895 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1898 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1902 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1903 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1904 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1908 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1911 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1915 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1916 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1917 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1919 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1921 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1922 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1924 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1927 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1934 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1935 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1936 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1937 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1940 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1942 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
1943 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1944 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1945 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1949 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1952 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1955 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1958 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1962 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1964 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1967 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
1968 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1969 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1971 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1976 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1977 not a hidden symbol. */
1979 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1985 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1993 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1994 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1996 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2000 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2002 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2003 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2006 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2009 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2010 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2011 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2012 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2014 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2018 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2019 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2021 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2023 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2025 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2028 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2029 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2037 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2038 version node for this version. */
2039 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
2041 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2044 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2045 to worry about it. */
2046 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2050 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2053 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2058 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2062 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2063 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2064 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2066 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2070 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2074 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2078 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2079 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2080 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2081 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2082 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2083 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2084 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2092 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2094 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2099 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2100 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2101 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2102 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2108 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2109 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2110 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2111 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2112 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2113 relocations should be stored.
2115 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2118 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2120 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2121 void *external_relocs
,
2122 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2124 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2125 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2126 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2127 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2128 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2129 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2132 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2133 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2136 /* Read the relocations. */
2137 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2140 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2141 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2143 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2145 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2146 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2147 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2148 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2149 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2152 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2156 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2157 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2158 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2159 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2163 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2164 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2165 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2169 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2171 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2172 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2173 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2175 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2176 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2180 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2182 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2183 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2184 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2186 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2187 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2190 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2191 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2197 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2198 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2199 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2200 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2201 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2202 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2203 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2204 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2205 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2208 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2210 void *external_relocs
,
2211 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2212 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2214 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2215 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2216 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2217 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2218 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2220 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2221 return esdo
->relocs
;
2223 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2226 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2230 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2231 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2233 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2235 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2236 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2240 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2242 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2245 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2247 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2249 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2252 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2255 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2258 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2262 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2263 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2264 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2265 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2269 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2271 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2274 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2276 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2281 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2282 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2284 return internal_relocs
;
2292 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2299 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2300 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2303 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2304 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2306 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2308 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2309 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2311 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2312 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2313 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2314 we zero the allocated space. */
2315 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2316 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2319 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2321 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2323 p
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2324 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2328 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2334 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2335 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2339 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2340 asection
*input_section
,
2341 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2342 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2343 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2346 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2347 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2349 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2350 asection
*output_section
;
2351 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2352 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2353 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2355 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2357 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2358 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2359 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2361 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2362 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2364 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2365 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2367 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2368 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2372 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2373 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2374 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2375 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2379 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2380 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2381 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2382 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2383 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2384 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2386 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2387 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2388 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2391 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2393 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2398 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2401 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2402 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2406 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2407 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2412 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2413 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2414 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2415 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2416 the face of future changes. */
2419 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2420 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2422 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2424 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2425 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2426 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2427 an ELF dynamic object. */
2430 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2431 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2433 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2434 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2437 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2441 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2442 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2443 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2446 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2452 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2456 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2465 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2466 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2467 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2468 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2469 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2470 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2471 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2472 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2474 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2475 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2476 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2477 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2478 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2482 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2483 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2484 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2485 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2488 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2489 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2490 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2491 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2492 flag will not have been set. */
2493 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2497 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2500 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2501 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2502 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2503 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2504 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2505 will force it local. */
2507 && eif
->info
->shared
2508 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2509 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2510 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2513 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2515 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2516 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2517 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2520 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2521 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2522 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2523 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2524 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2526 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2527 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2528 over to the real definition. */
2529 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2531 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2532 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2533 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2534 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2535 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2538 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2540 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2541 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2543 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2544 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2545 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2546 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2547 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2548 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2555 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2556 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2560 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2562 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2564 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2566 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2569 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2570 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2573 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2574 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2577 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2578 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2579 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2580 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2581 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2582 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2583 referenced by another one? */
2585 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2589 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2591 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2595 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2596 can happen via a recursive call. */
2597 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2600 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2601 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2602 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2603 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2604 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2606 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2607 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2608 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2609 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2611 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2612 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2613 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2614 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2615 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2616 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2617 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2620 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2621 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2622 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2623 extern int timezone;
2625 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2626 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2627 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2628 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2629 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2630 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2631 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2632 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2634 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2636 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2637 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2638 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2640 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2641 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2642 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2646 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2647 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2648 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2649 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2650 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2652 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2654 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2655 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2656 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2658 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2659 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2661 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2670 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2674 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2677 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2679 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2681 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2682 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2683 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2684 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2685 for the minimum alignment. */
2686 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2687 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2688 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2694 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2697 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2698 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2703 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2704 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2706 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2707 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2708 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2710 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2711 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2716 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2717 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2720 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2724 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2725 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2726 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2727 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2729 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2731 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2732 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2733 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2734 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2735 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2741 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2742 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2743 considered to bind dynamically. */
2746 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2747 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2748 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2750 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2751 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2752 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2757 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2758 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2759 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2761 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2762 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2764 if (h
->forced_local
)
2767 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2768 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2769 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
);
2771 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2778 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2779 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2782 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2784 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2785 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2786 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2787 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2788 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2795 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2796 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2799 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2800 us that it remains local. */
2801 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2804 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2805 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2806 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2807 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2808 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2809 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2810 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2811 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2812 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2813 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2814 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2815 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2818 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2819 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2820 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2823 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2825 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2829 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2830 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2831 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2834 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2835 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2836 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2838 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2839 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2840 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2843 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2844 if (h
->forced_local
)
2847 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2848 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2851 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2852 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2853 shared libraries. */
2854 if (info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
2857 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2858 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2859 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2862 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2863 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2866 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2868 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2869 if (!bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2872 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2873 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
2874 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2875 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2876 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
2877 return local_protected
;
2880 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2881 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2883 struct bfd_section
*
2884 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2886 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2887 unsigned int align
= 0;
2889 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2890 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2894 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2895 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2896 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2898 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2900 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2901 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2903 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2908 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2910 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2911 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2913 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2915 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2916 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2917 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2920 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2921 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2922 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
2925 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2926 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2929 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2930 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2931 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2934 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2935 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2936 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2937 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2939 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2941 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2942 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2943 in the same way that it used to do. */
2949 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2950 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2951 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2953 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2955 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2956 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2957 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2958 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2959 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2960 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2961 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2964 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2968 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2971 /* If we have already included the element containing this symbol in the
2972 link then we do not need to include it again. Just claim that any symbol
2973 it contains is not a definition, so that our caller will not decide to
2974 (re)include this element. */
2975 if (abfd
->archive_pass
)
2978 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2979 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2980 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2982 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2984 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2986 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2987 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2988 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2990 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2995 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2996 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2999 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3002 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3003 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3005 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3008 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3010 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3014 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3019 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3021 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3031 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3034 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3038 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3039 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3041 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3042 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3043 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3045 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3046 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3049 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3050 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3051 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3053 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3054 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3055 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3059 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3060 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3063 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3068 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3069 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3070 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3073 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3074 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3078 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3079 bfd_size_type strindex
;
3081 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3084 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3085 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3086 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3089 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3092 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3095 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3096 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3098 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3099 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3100 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3102 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3104 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3105 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3106 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3108 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3116 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3119 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3123 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3124 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3130 on_needed_list (const char *soname
, struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
)
3132 for (; needed
!= NULL
; needed
= needed
->next
)
3133 if (strcmp (soname
, needed
->name
) == 0)
3139 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3141 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3143 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3144 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3145 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3147 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3148 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3149 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3151 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3154 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3156 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3158 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3159 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3162 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3163 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3166 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3168 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3170 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3171 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3175 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3179 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3181 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3182 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3183 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3184 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3190 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3191 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3193 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3194 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3195 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3197 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3198 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3199 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3200 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3202 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3204 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3208 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3218 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3223 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3226 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3227 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3228 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3229 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3231 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3232 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3234 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3235 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3240 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3241 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3243 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3247 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3249 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3250 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3252 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3254 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3255 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3256 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3258 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3259 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3260 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3263 while (def
.vd_next
);
3266 /* Adjust version references. */
3267 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3272 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3273 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3275 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3279 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3281 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3282 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3283 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3284 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3285 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3287 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3288 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3289 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3291 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3293 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3294 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3297 while (need
.vn_next
);
3303 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3304 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3308 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3309 const bfd_target
*output
)
3311 return input
== output
;
3314 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3315 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3316 are virtually identical. */
3319 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3320 const bfd_target
*output
)
3322 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3324 if (input
== output
)
3327 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3328 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3330 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3333 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3334 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3337 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3340 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3342 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3343 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3344 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3345 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3346 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3347 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3348 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3349 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3350 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3351 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3352 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3353 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3354 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3355 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3356 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3357 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3358 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3359 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3361 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3362 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3363 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3364 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3365 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3368 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3369 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3370 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3371 bfd_size_type old_dynstr_size
= 0;
3373 size_t hashsize
= 0;
3375 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3376 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3378 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3384 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3385 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3386 the format of the output file. */
3387 if (info
->relocatable
3388 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3389 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3391 if (info
->relocatable
)
3392 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3394 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3399 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3400 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3401 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3402 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3403 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3404 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3405 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3406 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3407 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3408 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3410 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3411 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3412 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3413 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3414 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3415 if (info
->executable
|| info
->shared
)
3419 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3423 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3424 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3429 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3431 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3432 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3433 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3434 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3435 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3436 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3437 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3438 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3442 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3444 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3446 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3448 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3449 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3451 /* We don't want to issue this warning. Clobber
3452 the section size so that the warning does not
3453 get copied into the output file. */
3460 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3464 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3469 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3470 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3471 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3474 if (! info
->relocatable
)
3476 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3477 not get copied into the output file. */
3480 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3481 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3482 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3491 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3492 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3493 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3494 format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
3495 format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */
3497 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3498 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3499 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3501 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3505 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3510 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3512 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3515 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3516 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3517 if ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3518 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3521 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3522 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3523 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3524 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3525 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3526 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3528 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3529 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3530 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3532 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3537 unsigned int elfsec
;
3538 unsigned long shlink
;
3540 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3547 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3548 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3549 goto error_free_dyn
;
3550 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3552 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3553 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3554 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3556 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3558 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3559 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3561 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3562 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3564 goto error_free_dyn
;
3566 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3568 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3570 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3572 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3573 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3574 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3575 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3576 goto error_free_dyn
;
3577 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3578 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3580 goto error_free_dyn
;
3581 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3585 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3589 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3591 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3593 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3595 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3596 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3597 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3598 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3599 goto error_free_dyn
;
3600 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3601 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3603 goto error_free_dyn
;
3604 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3608 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3614 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3615 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3617 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3619 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3621 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3622 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3623 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3624 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3625 goto error_free_dyn
;
3626 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3627 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3629 goto error_free_dyn
;
3630 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3640 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3642 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3643 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3650 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3651 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3657 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3658 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3663 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3664 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3665 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3666 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3667 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3668 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3670 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3672 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3673 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3674 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3675 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3677 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3679 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3680 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3681 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3684 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3685 will need to know it. */
3686 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3688 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3692 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3693 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3694 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3698 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3699 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3702 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3703 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3704 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3705 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3707 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3708 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3710 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3712 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3714 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3715 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3717 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3719 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3724 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3725 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3729 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3731 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3733 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3736 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
3738 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3739 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3740 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3741 goto error_free_sym
;
3742 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3747 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3748 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3749 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3750 goto error_free_sym
;
3752 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3753 to internal format. */
3754 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3756 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3758 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3759 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3760 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3761 goto error_free_sym
;
3762 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3763 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3764 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3765 goto error_free_vers
;
3769 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3770 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3771 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3772 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3777 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3779 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3780 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3782 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3784 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3785 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3786 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3787 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3791 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3792 hashsize
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3793 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
+ hashsize
);
3794 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3795 goto error_free_vers
;
3797 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3798 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3799 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3800 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3801 goto error_free_vers
;
3803 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3804 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3805 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
3806 notice_as_needed
, 0, NULL
))
3807 goto error_free_vers
;
3809 /* Clone the symbol table and sym hashes. Remember some
3810 pointers into the symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3811 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3812 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
3813 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3814 memcpy (old_hash
, sym_hash
, hashsize
);
3815 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3816 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3817 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3818 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3819 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3820 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3821 old_dynstr_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (htab
->dynstr
);
3823 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3825 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3826 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3828 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3830 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3831 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3832 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3833 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3835 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3836 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3843 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3844 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3846 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3850 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
3855 bfd_boolean definition
;
3856 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3857 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3858 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3859 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
3860 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
3861 bfd_boolean override
;
3863 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3865 bfd
* undef_bfd
= NULL
;
3869 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3871 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3873 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3875 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3879 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3880 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3881 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3886 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3894 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
3895 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
3899 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3903 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3904 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3905 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3906 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3907 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3909 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3910 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3911 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3912 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3916 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3918 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3919 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
3921 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
3923 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3924 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3926 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3930 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3933 goto error_free_vers
;
3935 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3936 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
3938 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
3942 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
3944 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
3946 goto error_free_vers
;
3950 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3951 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3952 && !info
->relocatable
)
3954 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3958 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
3959 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3960 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
3962 goto error_free_vers
;
3966 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3968 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3970 goto error_free_vers
;
3972 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3973 should be skipped for some reason. */
3978 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3981 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3982 goto error_free_vers
;
3985 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3986 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3991 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3992 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3998 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4000 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4001 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4004 /* If this is a definition of a symbol which was previously
4005 referenced in a non-weak manner then make a note of the bfd
4006 that contained the reference. This is used if we need to
4007 refer to the source of the reference later on. */
4008 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
4010 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4013 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4014 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
)
4015 undef_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4020 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4021 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4022 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4027 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4029 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4031 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4032 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4033 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4034 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4035 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4036 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4038 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4039 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4042 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4045 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4047 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4049 else if (vernum
> 1)
4051 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4057 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4058 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4060 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4061 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4062 goto error_free_vers
;
4067 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4068 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4069 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4071 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4074 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4078 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4080 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4082 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4084 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4093 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4094 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4095 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4097 goto error_free_vers
;
4101 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4102 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4103 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4104 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4105 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4108 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4109 if (newname
== NULL
)
4110 goto error_free_vers
;
4111 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4112 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4114 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4115 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4116 default version of the symbol. */
4117 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4118 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4120 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4125 /* If necessary, make a second attempt to locate the bfd
4126 containing an unresolved, non-weak reference to the
4128 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && undef_bfd
== NULL
)
4130 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4133 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4134 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
)
4135 undef_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4138 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
,
4139 &value
, &old_weak
, &old_alignment
,
4140 sym_hash
, &skip
, &override
,
4141 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
4142 goto error_free_vers
;
4151 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4152 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4153 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4155 /* Remember the old alignment if this is a common symbol, so
4156 that we don't reduce the alignment later on. We can't
4157 check later, because _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4158 will set a default for the alignment which we want to
4159 override. We also remember the old bfd where the existing
4160 definition comes from. */
4161 switch (h
->root
.type
)
4166 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
4167 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
4168 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
4171 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
4172 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
4173 old_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4177 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4180 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4183 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4184 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4185 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4186 goto error_free_vers
;
4189 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4192 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4193 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4194 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4197 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4198 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4200 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4201 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4205 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4206 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4207 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4209 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4210 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4211 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4212 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4213 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4214 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4215 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4216 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4217 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4218 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4219 definition anyhow. */
4221 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4226 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4227 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4228 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4233 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4236 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4237 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4238 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4240 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4241 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4243 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4246 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4250 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4251 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4252 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4253 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4254 alignment is maintained. */
4255 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4256 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4258 unsigned int common_align
;
4259 unsigned int normal_align
;
4260 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4264 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4265 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4266 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4268 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4269 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4270 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4273 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4277 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4278 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4283 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4285 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4288 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4290 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4291 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4292 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4293 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B"
4294 " is greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4295 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4296 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4298 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4299 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4300 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4301 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4302 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4306 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4307 if ((isym
->st_size
!= 0 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4308 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4311 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4312 && ! size_change_ok
)
4313 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4314 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4315 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4317 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4318 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4320 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4323 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4324 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4325 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4326 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4327 covered by --warn-common. Allow changed between different
4329 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4330 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4332 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4333 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4334 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4335 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4337 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4339 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4341 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4342 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4345 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4347 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4348 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4349 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4350 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4351 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4357 /* Merge st_other field. */
4358 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, definition
, dynamic
);
4360 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4361 reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of
4362 the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol
4363 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4364 object and a shared object. */
4371 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4372 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4384 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4385 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4386 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4387 && (! info
->executable
4397 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4402 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4405 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4406 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4407 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4410 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4412 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4416 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4417 if (definition
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) && !info
->relocatable
)
4420 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4421 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4425 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4427 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4428 the default name. */
4429 if (definition
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4430 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4431 &sec
, &value
, &dynsym
,
4433 goto error_free_vers
;
4435 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4437 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4438 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4440 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4441 aliases can be checked. */
4444 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4445 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4447 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4449 goto error_free_vers
;
4451 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4455 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4457 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4458 goto error_free_vers
;
4459 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4461 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4463 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4464 goto error_free_vers
;
4467 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4468 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4469 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4471 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4475 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4485 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4486 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
), htab
->needed
))))
4489 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4491 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4492 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4493 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4494 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4496 if (undef_bfd
!= NULL
4497 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4499 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4500 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4502 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4503 (_("note: '%s' is defined in DSO %B so try adding it to the linker command line"),
4505 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
4506 goto error_free_vers
;
4509 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4510 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4513 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4515 goto error_free_vers
;
4517 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4522 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4528 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4534 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4538 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4539 if (bed
->as_needed_cleanup
)
4540 (*bed
->as_needed_cleanup
) (abfd
, info
);
4541 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4542 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
4543 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4544 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4545 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4546 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4547 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4548 memcpy (sym_hash
, old_hash
, hashsize
);
4549 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4550 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4551 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_refs (htab
->dynstr
, old_dynstr_size
);
4552 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4554 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4557 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4559 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4561 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4562 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4563 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4564 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
4565 && h
->dynstr_index
< old_dynstr_size
)
4566 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4568 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4569 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4570 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4572 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4574 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4575 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4580 alignment_power
= 0;
4582 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4583 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4584 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4585 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4587 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4588 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4589 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4591 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4593 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4594 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4595 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4596 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4601 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4602 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4603 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4604 notice_not_needed
, 0, NULL
))
4605 goto error_free_vers
;
4608 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4610 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4611 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4615 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4617 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4618 notice_needed
, 0, NULL
))
4619 goto error_free_vers
;
4624 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4625 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4626 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4628 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4630 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4632 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4633 char *shortname
, *p
;
4635 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4637 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4638 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4641 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4642 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4644 goto error_free_vers
;
4645 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4646 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4648 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4649 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4650 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4652 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4653 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4654 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4656 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4657 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4658 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4659 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4660 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4662 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4663 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4665 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4671 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4672 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4675 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4676 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4677 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4678 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4679 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4680 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4681 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4682 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4683 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4684 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4685 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4686 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4690 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4691 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4692 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4693 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4696 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4697 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4698 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4699 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4700 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4701 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4703 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4704 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4705 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4707 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4711 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4712 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4720 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4721 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4724 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4726 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4732 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4733 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4735 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4736 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4737 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4738 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4739 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4740 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4746 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4748 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4749 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4756 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4766 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4770 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
4771 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
4772 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
4773 one past the matching symbol(s). */
4776 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4777 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4778 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4782 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
4783 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
4784 the largest size. */
4787 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4789 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4790 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4791 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4793 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4795 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4797 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4798 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4800 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4802 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4805 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4810 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4811 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4812 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4813 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4814 real definition and the weak definition. */
4815 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4817 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4818 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
4825 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4828 if (bed
->check_directives
4829 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
4832 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4833 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4836 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4837 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4838 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4839 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4840 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4841 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4842 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4843 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4844 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4845 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4847 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4848 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4850 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4851 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
4852 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
4853 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
4857 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4859 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4862 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4863 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4864 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4865 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4866 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4869 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4871 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4874 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4876 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4877 free (internal_relocs
);
4884 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4885 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4887 && ! info
->traditional_format
4888 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4889 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4893 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4894 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4896 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4899 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4900 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
4901 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4902 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4903 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4904 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4906 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4908 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4909 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4910 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4913 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4914 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4919 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4921 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4922 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4924 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*)
4925 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4929 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4936 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4938 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4939 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4940 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4943 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4949 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4950 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4952 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4953 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4954 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4957 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4961 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4965 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4966 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4967 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4968 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4970 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4971 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4974 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4975 len
= strlen (name
);
4976 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4978 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4980 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4981 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4982 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4984 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4987 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4989 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4990 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4991 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4994 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4998 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4999 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
5000 problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
5001 archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
5002 symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
5003 object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
5004 as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
5005 consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
5006 symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
5007 this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
5008 any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
5009 UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
5010 bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
5011 archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
5012 precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
5014 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5015 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5016 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5017 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5020 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5021 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5024 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5027 bfd_boolean
*defined
= NULL
;
5028 bfd_boolean
*included
= NULL
;
5032 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5033 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5034 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5036 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5038 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5039 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5041 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5045 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5046 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5047 second and subsequent passes. */
5048 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5052 amt
*= sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
5053 defined
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5054 included
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5055 if (defined
== NULL
|| included
== NULL
)
5058 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5059 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5060 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5073 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5074 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5076 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5078 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5081 if (defined
[i
] || included
[i
])
5083 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5089 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5090 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5096 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5098 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5099 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5100 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5101 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5104 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5105 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5106 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5107 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5108 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5110 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5113 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5115 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5120 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5121 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5122 if (element
== NULL
)
5125 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5128 /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
5129 already--it should be impossible, but there may be
5130 something wrong with the archive. */
5131 if (element
->archive_pass
!= 0)
5133 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5136 element
->archive_pass
= 1;
5138 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5140 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5141 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5143 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5146 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5147 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5148 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5149 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5150 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5151 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5152 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5153 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5156 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5157 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5161 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5166 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5168 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5169 on through the loop. */
5170 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5181 if (defined
!= NULL
)
5183 if (included
!= NULL
)
5188 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5192 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5194 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5197 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5199 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5201 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5206 struct hash_codes_info
5208 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5212 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5213 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5216 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5218 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5224 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5225 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5228 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5229 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5232 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5238 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5239 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5243 /* Compute the hash value. */
5244 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5246 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5247 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5249 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5251 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5259 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5262 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5263 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5264 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5265 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5266 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5267 unsigned long int *indx
;
5268 unsigned long int *counts
;
5271 long int min_dynindx
;
5272 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5273 unsigned long int symindx
;
5274 long int local_indx
;
5275 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5276 unsigned long int mask
;
5280 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5281 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5284 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5286 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5292 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5293 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5296 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5297 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5300 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5301 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5304 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5310 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5311 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5315 /* Compute the hash value. */
5316 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5318 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5319 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5320 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5321 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5323 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5324 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5332 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5333 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5336 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5338 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5339 unsigned long int bucket
;
5340 unsigned long int val
;
5342 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5343 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5346 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5347 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5349 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5350 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5354 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5355 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5356 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5357 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5359 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5360 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5361 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5362 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5364 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5365 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5366 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5367 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5371 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5374 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5376 return !(h
->forced_local
5377 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5378 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5379 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5380 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5381 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5384 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5385 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5386 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5387 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5388 than 32771 buckets. */
5390 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5392 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5396 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5397 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5398 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5399 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5400 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5401 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5402 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5403 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5405 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5406 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5407 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5410 size_t best_size
= 0;
5411 unsigned long int i
;
5413 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5414 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5415 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5416 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5421 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5422 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5423 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5424 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5425 unsigned long int *counts
;
5427 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5429 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5430 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5432 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5435 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5440 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5444 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5445 since the size could be large. */
5447 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5448 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5452 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5453 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5455 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5457 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5458 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5459 unsigned long int j
;
5460 unsigned long int fact
;
5462 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5465 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5467 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5468 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5469 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5471 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5472 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5473 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5474 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5475 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5476 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5477 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5480 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5482 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5485 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5486 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5487 over a few long chains). */
5488 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5489 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5491 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5492 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5495 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5496 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5497 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5498 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5499 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5501 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5502 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5503 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5507 /* Compare with current best results. */
5508 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5512 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5514 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5515 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5516 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5523 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5525 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5526 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5527 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5528 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5530 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5531 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5534 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5541 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5544 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5548 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
5549 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5550 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5555 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5556 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5557 undefined it is initialized. */
5560 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5561 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5562 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5563 bfd_vma default_size
)
5565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5567 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5569 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5570 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5571 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5572 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5574 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5576 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5577 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5578 if (info
->stacksize
)
5579 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5580 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5581 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5582 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5583 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5585 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5588 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5589 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5590 size, set it now. */
5591 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5593 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5594 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5595 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5597 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5599 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5600 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5601 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5602 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5603 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5606 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5608 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5614 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5615 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5616 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5617 addresses of the various sections. */
5620 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5623 const char *filter_shlib
,
5625 const char *depaudit
,
5626 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5627 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5628 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5630 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5632 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5633 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5637 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5639 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5642 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5644 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5645 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5646 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5647 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5648 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5649 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5651 if (info
->relocatable
5652 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5655 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5656 we're dynamic or not. */
5657 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5658 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5661 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5662 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5663 if (info
->execstack
)
5664 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5665 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5666 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
;
5670 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5673 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5675 inputobj
= inputobj
->link_next
)
5680 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5682 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5685 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5689 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5692 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5693 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5694 if (notesec
&& exec
&& info
->relocatable
5695 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5696 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5699 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5701 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5703 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5704 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5706 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5707 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5709 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5711 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5712 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5716 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5718 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5719 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5725 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5727 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5735 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5737 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5740 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
5741 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
5745 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5749 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5750 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5751 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5752 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5756 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5758 const char * const *p
;
5760 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5764 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5766 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5767 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5776 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5778 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5779 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5783 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5787 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5789 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5790 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
5797 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5798 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5799 if (info
->export_dynamic
5800 || (info
->executable
&& info
->dynamic
))
5802 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5803 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5809 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5810 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5811 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5812 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5814 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5815 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5816 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5817 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5819 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5821 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5823 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5824 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5826 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5827 if (newname
== NULL
)
5829 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5830 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
5832 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5833 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5835 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5836 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5837 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5840 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5841 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5843 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5845 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5846 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5847 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5852 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5853 not defined in a shared object. */
5855 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5856 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5857 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5861 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5862 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5863 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5865 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5866 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5871 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5873 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5875 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5876 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5877 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5879 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5880 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5881 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5882 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5887 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5892 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5893 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5894 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5895 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5900 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5901 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5902 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5904 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5905 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5906 h
= (info
->init_function
5907 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5908 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5915 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5918 h
= (info
->fini_function
5919 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5920 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5927 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5931 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5932 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5934 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5935 if (! info
->executable
)
5940 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5941 sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5942 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5943 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5944 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5945 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5947 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5948 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5953 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5957 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5958 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5961 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5962 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5964 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5965 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5968 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5969 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5971 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5972 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5976 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5977 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5978 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5979 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5980 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5981 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5983 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5985 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5986 if ((info
->emit_hash
5987 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5988 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5989 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5990 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5991 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5992 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5993 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5994 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5999 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6002 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6003 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6006 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6009 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6011 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6012 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6015 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6016 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6017 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6019 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6020 just linking a regular application. */
6021 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6023 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6024 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6025 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6027 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6028 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6033 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6035 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6036 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6037 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6038 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6044 /* Make space for the base version. */
6045 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6046 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6049 /* Make space for the default version. */
6050 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6052 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6056 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6058 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6060 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6064 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6065 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6068 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6069 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6073 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6074 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6077 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6081 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6082 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6085 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6087 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6088 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6092 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6093 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6094 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6097 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6099 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6101 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6102 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6109 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6110 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6111 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6113 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6115 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6117 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6119 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6120 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6121 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6122 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6124 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6126 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6127 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6129 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6131 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6134 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6135 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6137 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6140 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6141 aux block, but different flags. */
6144 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6146 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6147 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6150 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6151 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6152 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6154 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6155 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6156 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6158 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6161 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6163 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6168 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6171 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6173 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6174 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6176 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6178 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6181 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6182 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6184 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6187 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6189 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6190 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6192 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6193 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6194 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6195 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6196 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6199 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6200 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6201 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6202 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6204 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6205 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6206 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6208 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6209 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6210 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6212 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6213 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6215 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6216 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6217 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6218 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6220 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6221 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6222 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6224 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6226 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6228 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6230 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6234 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6235 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6238 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6239 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6241 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6243 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6244 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6245 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6249 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6250 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6253 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6256 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6258 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6261 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6263 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6269 if (info
->executable
)
6270 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6273 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6277 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6279 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6280 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6282 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6285 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6286 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6288 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6290 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6291 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6296 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6297 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6300 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6305 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6308 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6312 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6314 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6316 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6317 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6321 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6322 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6326 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6331 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6335 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6338 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6340 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6341 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6342 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6343 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6345 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6348 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6349 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6352 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6353 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6355 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6356 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6357 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6359 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6361 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6362 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6363 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6364 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6367 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6370 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6372 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6373 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6374 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6378 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6379 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6382 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6386 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6387 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6388 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6389 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6391 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6392 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6398 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6399 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6401 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6405 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6406 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6407 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6409 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6414 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6415 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6417 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6421 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6422 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6423 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6424 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6425 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6427 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6431 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6432 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6433 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6434 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6436 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6440 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6441 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6442 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6446 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6448 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6450 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6453 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6454 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6456 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6460 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6461 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6462 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6464 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6466 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6467 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6468 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6469 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6471 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6472 §ion_sym_count
);
6474 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6475 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6476 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6477 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
6478 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6480 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6481 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6482 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6485 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6489 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6490 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6491 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6492 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6493 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6494 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6495 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
6496 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6497 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6499 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
6501 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6502 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6505 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
6506 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6507 ++section_sym_count
;
6508 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6511 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6513 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6514 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6515 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6517 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6518 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6520 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6522 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6524 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6525 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6527 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6528 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6529 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6531 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6532 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6534 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6535 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6536 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6543 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6545 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6548 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6551 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6553 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6554 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6555 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6556 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6557 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6558 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6561 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6562 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6563 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6566 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6569 unsigned char *contents
;
6570 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6574 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6576 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6577 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6579 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6580 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6581 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6584 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6585 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6586 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6589 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6590 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6591 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6594 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6599 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6601 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6603 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6607 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6608 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6610 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6612 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6613 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6614 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6615 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6616 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6617 if (contents
== NULL
)
6619 s
->contents
= contents
;
6620 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6621 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6622 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6623 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6624 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6625 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6626 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6627 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6628 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6629 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6630 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6631 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6632 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6636 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6637 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6641 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6643 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6645 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6646 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6648 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6649 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6651 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6657 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6658 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6659 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6660 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6661 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6662 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6663 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6664 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6666 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6670 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6671 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6672 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6673 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6675 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6676 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6677 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6678 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6680 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6681 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6683 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6684 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6686 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6687 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6688 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6690 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6691 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6692 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6693 if (contents
== NULL
)
6695 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6696 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6700 s
->contents
= contents
;
6701 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6702 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6703 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6704 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6705 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6707 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6709 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6710 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6712 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6716 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6718 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6719 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6720 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6722 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6723 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6725 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6727 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6730 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6731 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6735 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6736 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6738 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6740 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6742 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6743 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6750 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6753 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6756 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6757 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6760 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6763 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6768 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6771 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
6772 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
6773 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6774 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6775 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6777 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6779 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6780 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
6781 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6782 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6784 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6785 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6788 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6789 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6790 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6794 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6796 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6797 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6798 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6801 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6805 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
6806 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6811 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6812 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6815 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6816 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6818 /* Set local fields. */
6821 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6822 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6823 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6824 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6825 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6826 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6827 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6828 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
6835 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
6836 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
6839 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6840 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
6841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
6843 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6845 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
6846 symbol which just became indirect. */
6848 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
6849 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
6850 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
6851 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
6852 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
6853 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
6855 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6858 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
6859 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
6860 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6861 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
6863 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
6864 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
6865 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
6866 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
6869 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
6871 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
6872 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
6873 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
6874 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
6877 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
6879 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
6880 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
6881 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
6882 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
6884 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
6889 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6890 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6891 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6893 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
6894 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6896 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6901 h
->forced_local
= 1;
6902 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6905 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6911 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
6914 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
6915 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
6917 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
6918 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
6920 unsigned int entsize
,
6921 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
6924 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
6926 memset (table
, 0, sizeof * table
);
6927 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6928 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6929 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6930 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6931 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
6932 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
6934 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
6936 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
6937 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
6942 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
6944 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
6945 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
6947 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
6948 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
6950 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6954 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
6955 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
6965 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
6966 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
6967 entry for a dynamic object. */
6970 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
6972 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6973 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6974 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
6978 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
6981 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6982 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6983 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
6990 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
6992 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6993 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6994 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
6997 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
6998 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7000 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7001 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7002 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7004 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7006 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7009 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7010 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7012 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7013 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7014 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7016 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7018 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7021 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7022 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7023 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7026 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7028 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7029 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7030 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7034 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7035 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7038 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7039 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7042 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7043 unsigned int elfsec
;
7044 unsigned long shlink
;
7045 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7047 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7051 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7052 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7055 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7056 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7059 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7062 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7063 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7066 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7068 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7069 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7072 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7073 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7075 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7077 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7079 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7082 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7085 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7086 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7089 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7094 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7115 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7117 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7118 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7119 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7122 struct elf_symbuf_head
7124 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7125 bfd_size_type count
;
7126 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7133 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7134 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7139 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7142 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7144 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7145 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7147 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7151 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7153 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7154 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7155 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7158 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7159 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7161 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7162 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7163 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7164 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7166 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7170 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7171 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7172 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7175 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7176 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7179 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7180 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7181 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7184 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7185 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7186 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7187 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7193 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7194 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7195 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7196 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7197 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7199 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7202 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7203 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7204 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7206 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7207 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7208 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7211 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7212 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7219 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7223 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7224 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7227 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7228 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7229 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
7230 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7231 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7232 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7233 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7234 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
7235 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7241 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7242 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7243 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7246 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7249 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7250 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7251 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7254 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7255 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7256 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7257 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7258 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7259 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7261 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7267 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7268 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7270 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7272 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7274 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7277 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7278 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7279 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7282 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7284 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7286 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7289 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7290 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7291 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7294 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7296 /* Optimized faster version. */
7297 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
7298 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7299 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7302 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7307 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7308 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7310 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7314 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7321 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7326 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7327 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7329 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7333 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7339 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7342 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7343 bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7344 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7345 bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7346 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7350 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7351 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7353 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7354 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7360 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7361 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7363 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7364 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7369 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7370 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7371 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7372 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7373 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7375 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7376 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7377 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7378 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7379 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7386 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7387 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7388 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7389 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7390 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7393 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7395 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7396 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7397 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7400 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7401 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7402 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7404 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7407 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7409 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7410 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7412 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7414 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7415 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7417 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7418 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7419 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7420 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7421 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7423 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7424 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7425 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7426 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7427 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7445 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7448 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7449 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7453 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7454 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7457 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7460 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7462 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7464 struct elf_final_link_info
7466 /* General link information. */
7467 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7470 /* Symbol string table. */
7471 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7472 /* .dynsym section. */
7473 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
7474 /* .hash section. */
7476 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7477 asection
*symver_sec
;
7478 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7480 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7481 void *external_relocs
;
7482 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7483 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7484 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7486 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7487 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7488 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7489 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7491 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7492 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7493 of any input BFD. */
7495 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7496 symbol of any input BFD. */
7497 asection
**sections
;
7498 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
7500 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
7501 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7502 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
7503 size_t symbuf_count
;
7504 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
7506 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
7507 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
7508 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7509 size_t filesym_count
;
7512 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7514 struct elf_outext_info
7517 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7518 bfd_boolean need_second_pass
;
7519 bfd_boolean second_pass
;
7520 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7524 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7526 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7527 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7528 relocations themselves.
7530 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7531 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7532 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7533 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7535 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7536 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7537 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7538 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7541 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7542 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7545 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7546 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7550 <binary-operator> := as in C
7551 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7554 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7555 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7560 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7562 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7564 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7566 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7568 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7569 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7571 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7572 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7573 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7574 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7577 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7581 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7582 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7584 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7585 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7586 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7587 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7588 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7589 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7590 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7591 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7595 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7597 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7599 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7602 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7603 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7604 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7605 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7608 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7610 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7614 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7617 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7618 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7621 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7622 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7624 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7626 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7628 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7629 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7631 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7632 (unsigned long) *result
);
7638 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7639 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7640 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7644 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7645 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7647 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7648 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7649 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7651 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7652 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7661 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7668 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7669 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7671 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7675 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7676 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7678 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7679 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7682 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7684 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7686 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
;
7690 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7698 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7700 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7705 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7708 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7710 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7719 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7721 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7726 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7728 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7741 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7745 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7748 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7749 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7751 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7753 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7757 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7758 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7759 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7761 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7762 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7763 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7764 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7766 if (symbol_is_section
)
7768 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
)
7769 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7770 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7772 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7778 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7779 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7780 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7783 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7790 /* All that remains are operators. */
7792 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7793 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7795 sym += strlen (#op); \
7799 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7800 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7803 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7809 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7810 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7812 sym += strlen (#op); \
7816 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7817 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7820 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7821 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7824 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
7854 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
7855 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7861 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
7862 unsigned long chunksz
,
7867 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
7869 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
, x
>>= (chunksz
* 8))
7877 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7880 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7883 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7887 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7897 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
7898 unsigned long chunksz
,
7905 /* Sanity checks. */
7906 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
7909 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
7910 && input_bfd
!= NULL
7911 && location
!= NULL
);
7913 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
7915 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
7917 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
7918 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
7919 of the loop below. */
7923 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
7925 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
7930 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
7933 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
7936 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
7940 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
7951 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
7952 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
7953 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
7954 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
7955 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
7956 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
7957 unsigned long *signed_p
,
7958 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
7959 unsigned long encoded
)
7961 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
7962 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
7963 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
7964 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
7965 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
7966 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
7967 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
7968 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
7971 bfd_reloc_status_type
7972 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
7973 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7975 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7978 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
7979 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
7980 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7982 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
7983 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
7984 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
7985 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
7986 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
7988 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
7989 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
7990 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
7992 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
7995 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
7997 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
7999 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8000 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8003 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8004 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8005 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8006 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8007 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8008 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8009 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8014 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8015 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8016 ? complain_overflow_signed
8017 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8018 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8022 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8025 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8026 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8027 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8028 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8029 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8030 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8032 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8033 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8037 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8038 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8039 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8043 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8044 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
8047 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8049 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8050 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8051 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8053 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8054 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8056 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8058 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8059 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8061 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8063 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8064 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8069 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8072 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8079 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8083 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8084 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8086 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8089 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8092 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8094 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8095 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8096 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8097 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8098 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8102 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8108 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8109 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8110 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8114 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8116 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8117 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8118 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8120 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8121 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8123 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8125 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8127 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8129 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8131 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8133 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8139 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8141 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8142 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8145 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8147 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8149 copya
= (a
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (a
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
8150 copyb
= (b
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (b
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
8155 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8157 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8163 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8165 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8168 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8169 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8170 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8171 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8172 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8173 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8174 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8175 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8176 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8178 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8180 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8181 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8182 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8183 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8184 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8186 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8188 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8189 It's initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8192 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8193 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8194 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8195 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8197 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8199 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8201 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8202 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8203 It is of no help to us. */
8207 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8208 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8211 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8212 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8218 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8222 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8224 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8225 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8228 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8229 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8235 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8240 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8242 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8243 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8248 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8249 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8251 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8253 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8255 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8256 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8257 It is of no help to us. */
8261 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8262 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8265 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8266 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8272 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8276 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8278 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8279 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8282 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8289 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8294 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8296 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8302 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8306 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8308 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8315 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8316 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8317 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8318 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8322 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8323 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8324 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8325 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8329 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8330 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8331 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8333 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8336 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8337 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8339 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8342 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8346 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8347 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8351 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8352 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8354 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8356 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8357 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8359 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8360 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8362 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8364 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8365 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8366 relocs in this case. */
8371 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8372 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8373 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8375 while (erel
< erelend
)
8377 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8379 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8380 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (s
->rela
);
8381 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8387 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8389 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8391 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8392 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8398 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8399 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8401 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8402 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8404 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8407 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8409 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8410 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8412 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8413 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8416 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8417 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8418 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8419 while (erel
< erelend
)
8421 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8422 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8429 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8433 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
8436 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8437 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
8439 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
8441 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8445 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8446 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8447 amt
= flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8448 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8449 || bfd_bwrite (flinfo
->symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
8452 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8453 flinfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
8459 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
8462 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8464 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8465 asection
*input_sec
,
8466 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8469 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
8470 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8471 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8472 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8473 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8475 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8476 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8477 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8479 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8484 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
8485 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8486 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8487 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8490 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8492 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8496 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
>= flinfo
->symbuf_size
)
8498 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (flinfo
, bed
))
8502 dest
= flinfo
->symbuf
+ flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8503 destshndx
= flinfo
->symshndxbuf
;
8504 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
8506 if (bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) >= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
8510 amt
= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8511 destshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_realloc (destshndx
,
8513 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
8515 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
;
8516 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
8517 flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
8519 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8522 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
8523 flinfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
8524 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8529 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8532 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8534 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8535 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
8537 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
8539 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8540 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
8541 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
8542 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8548 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
8549 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
8550 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
8551 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
8552 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
8555 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8556 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8557 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8560 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
8562 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8565 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8566 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8567 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8569 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8575 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8576 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8577 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
8578 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8579 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
8583 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8584 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8585 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8588 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8589 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
8592 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
8594 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
8596 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
8599 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8600 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8601 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8602 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
8603 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
8604 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8605 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8606 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8607 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
8608 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
8610 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
8612 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
8614 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8615 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
8618 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8620 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8621 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
8623 extsymcount
= symcount
;
8628 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
8629 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
8632 if (extsymcount
== 0)
8635 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
8637 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8640 /* Read in any version definitions. */
8641 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
8642 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
8643 if (extversym
== NULL
)
8646 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8647 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
8648 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
8656 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
8657 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
8658 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
8661 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
8662 unsigned short version_index
;
8664 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
8665 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8668 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
8671 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
8674 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
8676 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
8678 && h
->forced_local
))
8680 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
8681 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
8682 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
8687 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
8688 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
8690 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
8704 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
8705 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
8706 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
8707 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
8708 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
8712 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
8714 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8715 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
8716 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
8718 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8719 asection
*input_sec
;
8720 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8724 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8726 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8727 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8731 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
8732 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
8734 if (!h
->forced_local
)
8736 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
8737 && !((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8738 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8739 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
))
8744 if (h
->forced_local
)
8748 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8750 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8752 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
8753 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
8754 references in regular files have already been handled unless
8755 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
8757 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
8759 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
8760 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
8761 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
8762 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
8764 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
8767 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
8768 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
8769 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
8771 if (!(flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
8772 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
8773 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
8775 (flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
8776 == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
))))
8778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8779 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8785 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
8786 shared libraries. */
8787 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8788 && flinfo
->info
->executable
8793 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
8794 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
8798 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
8800 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8801 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8802 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8804 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8805 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8806 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
8807 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8809 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8810 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
8811 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8812 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8813 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
8814 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8815 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8816 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8820 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
8821 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
8822 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
8826 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
8828 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8832 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
8834 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
8835 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
8836 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
8838 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8839 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8840 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
8841 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
8842 || (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
8843 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
8845 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8846 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8847 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
8848 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
8853 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
8854 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol or a
8855 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
8858 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
8859 && !h
->forced_local
)
8863 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
8864 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
8865 if (h
->forced_local
)
8867 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
8868 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
8869 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
8871 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
8872 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
8873 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, h
->type
);
8874 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8875 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8876 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
8878 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
8879 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
8881 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8884 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8885 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8889 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8890 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8891 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8892 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8895 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8896 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8898 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8899 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8901 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
&& flinfo
->filesym_count
== 1)
8903 bfd_boolean second_pass_sym
8904 = (input_sec
->owner
== flinfo
->output_bfd
8905 || input_sec
->owner
== NULL
8906 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
8907 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0);
8909 eoinfo
->need_second_pass
|= second_pass_sym
;
8910 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
!= second_pass_sym
)
8915 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
8916 input_sec
->output_section
);
8917 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8919 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8920 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
8921 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
8922 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8923 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8927 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
8928 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
8930 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
8931 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
8933 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8934 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
8936 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
8937 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8938 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
8941 /* The TLS section may have been garbage collected. */
8942 BFD_ASSERT (flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
8943 && !input_sec
->gc_mark
);
8950 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
8951 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
8952 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8953 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8958 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8959 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
8960 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
8961 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
8964 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8965 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
8966 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
8967 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
8968 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
8969 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
8970 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
8974 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
8975 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
8976 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
8977 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
8978 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
8979 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
8981 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
8982 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
8984 && ((flinfo
->info
->shared
8985 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
8986 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8987 || !h
->forced_local
)
8988 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
8990 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
8991 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
8993 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8998 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
8999 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9000 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9001 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9002 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9003 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9004 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9006 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9007 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9010 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9012 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9013 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9016 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9017 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9019 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9020 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9023 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9024 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9025 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9026 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9027 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9032 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9033 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9034 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9035 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9036 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9037 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9042 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9043 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9044 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9045 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9047 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9048 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9049 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9050 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9054 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9055 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9056 the entry in the .hash section. */
9057 if (flinfo
->dynsym_sec
!= NULL
9059 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9063 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9064 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9065 have a run-time problem. */
9066 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
9068 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9070 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9072 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9073 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9074 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9075 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9080 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9081 esym
= flinfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9082 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9084 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9087 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9089 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9091 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9092 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9097 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9098 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9101 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9102 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9103 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9104 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9105 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9107 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9108 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9109 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9112 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9114 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9115 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9117 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9119 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
9120 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9122 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9126 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9127 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9129 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9130 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9135 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9137 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9138 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9139 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9143 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
9144 there's nothing else to do. */
9145 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9148 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9149 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
);
9152 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9157 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9163 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9164 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9167 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9169 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9171 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9173 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9174 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9180 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9181 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9182 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9188 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9189 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9190 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9191 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9192 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9193 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9194 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9195 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9198 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9200 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9203 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9206 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9209 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9212 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9215 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9216 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9218 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9219 asection
*s
= first
;
9223 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9226 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9234 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9235 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9239 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9243 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9246 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9247 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9249 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9250 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9252 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9257 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9258 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9259 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9260 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9263 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9265 int (*relocate_section
)
9266 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9267 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9269 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9272 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9273 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9274 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9276 asection
**ppsection
;
9278 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9279 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9280 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9281 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9283 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9285 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9286 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9287 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9289 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9290 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9292 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9295 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9296 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9298 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9303 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9304 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9307 /* Read the local symbols. */
9308 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9309 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9311 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9312 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9313 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9314 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9315 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9319 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9320 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9321 going into the output file. */
9322 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9323 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9325 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9329 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9335 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9337 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9344 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9345 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9346 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9347 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9348 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9349 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9352 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9355 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9356 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9360 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9361 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9363 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9364 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9370 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
9371 if (ppsection
== flinfo
->sections
)
9374 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9376 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9377 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9382 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9384 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9387 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9388 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9389 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9390 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9392 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9395 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9396 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9397 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9398 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9399 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9400 isec
->output_section
))
9403 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9404 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9409 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9410 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9411 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9413 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9414 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9415 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9416 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9419 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
9421 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9422 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9426 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
9427 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
9428 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
9429 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
9430 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
9431 source file, but the best we can do. */
9432 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9433 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9434 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
9435 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9436 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9437 if (!elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, input_bfd
->filename
, &osym
,
9438 bfd_abs_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9444 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9445 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9446 isec
->output_section
);
9447 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9450 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9451 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9452 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9453 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9454 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
9455 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
9456 these requirements. */
9457 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
9458 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9460 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
9461 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9463 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
9464 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
9465 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
9469 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9470 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
9477 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9485 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9490 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
9491 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9492 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9496 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
9498 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
9502 if (flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9503 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
9505 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
9506 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
9507 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
9508 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
9510 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
9511 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9512 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
9514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
9515 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9516 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9517 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9518 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
9520 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
9522 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9524 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
9525 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9526 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
9530 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
9532 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
9533 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
9534 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9539 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
9540 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9545 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9547 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9550 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
9552 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9553 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
, NULL
);
9557 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
9561 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
9562 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
9566 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9567 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
9570 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
9572 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
9577 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
9578 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
9579 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
9580 the routines which work on output files. */
9581 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
9582 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
9585 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9586 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
9590 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
9592 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9593 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9594 int action_discarded
;
9597 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
9599 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
9600 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
9601 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9602 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
9605 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
9606 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
9607 if (o
->size
> address_size
9608 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
9609 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9610 ".init_array") == 0)
9611 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
9612 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9613 ".fini_array") == 0))
9614 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
9616 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
9618 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9619 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
9620 "multiple of address size"),
9622 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
9625 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
9628 action_discarded
= -1;
9629 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
9630 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
9632 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
9633 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
9634 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
9635 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
9636 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
9638 rel
= internal_relocs
;
9639 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9640 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9642 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9643 unsigned int s_type
;
9644 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
9645 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
9646 const char *sym_name
;
9648 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9651 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9652 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9653 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9655 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9657 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
9658 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
9659 we do not seg fault. */
9664 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
9665 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9666 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
9667 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
9668 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
9669 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9673 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9674 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9675 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9680 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9681 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9682 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9684 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9688 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
9690 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
9691 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9692 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9696 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
9697 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9700 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
9701 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
9703 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
9704 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
9705 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
9706 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
9707 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
9708 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
9709 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
9710 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
9711 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
9713 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
9714 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
9717 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
9718 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
9723 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
9725 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
9726 discarded section. */
9727 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9729 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
9730 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
9731 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
9732 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
9733 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
9734 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
9736 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
9737 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
9738 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
9739 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
9740 symbol here means we will be changing all later
9741 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
9742 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
9746 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
9758 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
9760 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
9761 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
9762 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
9763 reloc addend as necessary.
9765 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
9766 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
9768 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
9769 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
9770 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
9772 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
9773 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
9774 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
9775 corresponding to the output section, which will require
9776 the addend to be adjusted. */
9778 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
9779 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
9787 || flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9788 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
9790 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
9791 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
9792 bfd_vma last_offset
;
9793 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
9794 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
9795 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
9796 unsigned int next_erel
;
9797 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
9798 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
9800 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
9801 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
9802 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
9804 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
9806 irela
= internal_relocs
;
9807 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9808 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
9809 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
9810 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
9812 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
9813 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
9814 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9815 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9816 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
9817 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
9818 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9819 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9820 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
9822 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9824 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9826 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9832 if (irela
== irelamid
)
9834 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
9835 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9836 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
9839 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
9842 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
9844 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
9845 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
9846 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
9847 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
9849 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
9851 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
9855 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
9857 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
9858 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9859 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9861 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
9863 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9864 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9867 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9868 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9869 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9871 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
9874 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
9875 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
9876 we do not know the symbol index of any global
9877 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
9878 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
9879 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
9880 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
9881 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
9882 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
9883 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9884 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9885 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9887 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
9888 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
9890 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
9898 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
9901 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
9902 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9903 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9905 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
9906 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
9907 processor specific section. */
9908 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
9909 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
9911 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
9913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9918 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
9920 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
9921 section will be the absolute section. In
9922 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
9923 the kept section. relocate_section should
9924 have already handled discarded linkonce
9926 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
9927 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
9928 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9930 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
9931 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
9934 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
9936 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
9937 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9939 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
9940 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
9942 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
9943 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
9948 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
9949 section winds up in the output section. */
9951 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
9955 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
9957 unsigned long shlink
;
9962 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9964 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
9965 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9969 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
9970 since it is needed by a reloc, we
9971 must output it now. */
9972 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
9973 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
9974 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
9978 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
9980 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9982 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9985 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
9986 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9988 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
9989 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9991 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
9993 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
9995 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10000 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10001 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
10006 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10011 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10014 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10015 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10018 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10019 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10020 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10022 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10027 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10028 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10029 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10032 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10033 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10035 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10044 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10045 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10046 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10049 /* Section written out. */
10051 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10053 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10054 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10056 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10057 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10060 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10061 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10062 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10065 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10067 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10074 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10075 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10077 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10078 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10079 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10081 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10084 todo
-= address_size
;
10085 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10093 offset
+= address_size
;
10097 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10111 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10112 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10113 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10117 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10118 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10119 asection
*output_section
,
10120 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10122 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10126 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10127 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10128 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10129 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10130 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10133 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10135 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10142 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10145 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10146 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10147 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10154 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10155 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10156 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10158 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10159 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10160 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10164 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10166 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10167 actually against the section. */
10168 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10169 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10170 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10171 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10173 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10174 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10178 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10179 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10180 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10181 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10182 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10183 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10184 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10186 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10188 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10189 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10196 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10197 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
10203 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10205 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10207 bfd_size_type size
;
10208 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10211 const char *sym_name
;
10213 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10214 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10217 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10224 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10227 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10228 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10229 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10230 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10232 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10233 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10234 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
10235 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
10242 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10243 link_order
->offset
, size
);
10249 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10250 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10252 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10253 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10254 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10256 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10258 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10259 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10260 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10262 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10263 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10265 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10267 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10268 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10269 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10271 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10272 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10276 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10277 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10278 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10287 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10290 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10292 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10296 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10297 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10298 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10299 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10301 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10302 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10303 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10304 where elfsec is 0. */
10307 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10308 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10309 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10310 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10311 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10316 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10317 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10322 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10323 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10326 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10331 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10332 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10335 return apos
> bpos
;
10339 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10340 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10341 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10342 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10345 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10347 int seen_linkorder
;
10350 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10352 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10354 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10355 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10359 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10361 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10362 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10364 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10366 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10368 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10369 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
10370 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
10371 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
10372 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
10373 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
10387 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
10389 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
10390 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
10392 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
10395 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
10397 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10402 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10405 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10406 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10407 if (sections
== NULL
)
10409 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10411 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10413 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10415 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10416 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10417 compare_link_order
);
10419 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
10421 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
10423 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
10424 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
10425 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
10426 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
10427 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10428 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
10436 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
10439 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10441 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
10442 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
10444 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
10446 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10448 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
10449 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
10450 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
10451 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
10452 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
10454 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
10456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10457 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
10459 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10460 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
10461 bfd_boolean merged
;
10462 size_t relativecount
= 0;
10463 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
10465 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
10466 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
10467 const char *std_attrs_section
;
10469 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10473 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
10475 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
10476 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10478 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
10479 || info
->emitrelocations
);
10481 flinfo
.info
= info
;
10482 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
10483 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
10484 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
10489 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
10490 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
10491 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
10495 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
10496 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
10497 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
10498 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
10499 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
10502 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
10503 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
10504 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
10505 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
10506 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
10507 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
10508 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
10509 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
10510 flinfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
10511 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
10512 flinfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
10513 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
10514 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
10516 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
10517 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
10519 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
10520 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10522 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
10523 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
10525 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10527 asection
*input_section
;
10529 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10531 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10532 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10533 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10534 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10537 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
10540 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
10542 /* Skip this section later on. */
10543 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10546 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10550 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
10551 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
10552 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
10553 max_contents_size
= 0;
10554 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
10555 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
10557 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
10559 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10561 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10562 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10564 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10566 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
10567 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
10569 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10570 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10572 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10576 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10577 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10579 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
10580 link. This will normally be every section. We need
10581 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
10582 the linker has decided to not include. */
10583 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
10585 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10588 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
10589 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
10590 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
10591 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
10592 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
10594 else if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
10595 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10596 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
10597 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
10599 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
10600 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
10601 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
10602 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
10604 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
10606 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10607 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
10611 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
10612 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
10613 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10615 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
10617 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
10618 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
10620 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
10621 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
10622 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
10624 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10626 size_t ext_size
= 0;
10628 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10629 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10630 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10631 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10633 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
10634 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
10635 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
10636 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10641 if (reloc_count
== 0)
10644 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
10646 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10647 && (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
))
10650 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
10651 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
10652 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
10657 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10659 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10663 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10664 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10667 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
10668 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
10669 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
10670 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
10673 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
10674 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
10675 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
10676 sections are handled correctly. */
10677 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
10678 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
10682 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
10683 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
10684 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
10686 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
10687 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
10688 to create a symbol table. */
10689 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
10690 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10691 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
10694 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
10695 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10697 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10698 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10701 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
10705 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
10709 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
10710 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
10711 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
10712 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
10715 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
10717 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
10718 .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
10719 file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
10720 section in memory. */
10721 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
10722 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10723 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
10724 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
10725 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
10726 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10727 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
10728 /* sh_info is set below. */
10729 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10730 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
10732 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
10733 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10735 /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
10736 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
10737 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
10739 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
10740 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
10741 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
10742 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
10744 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
10745 amt
= flinfo
.symbuf_size
;
10746 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10747 flinfo
.symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10748 if (flinfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
10750 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
10752 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
10753 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
10754 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
10755 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10756 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
10757 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
10761 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
10763 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10766 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10767 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10768 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
10769 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10770 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10771 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10772 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
10777 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
10778 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
10779 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
10780 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
10781 outputting relocs. */
10782 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10785 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10786 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10787 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10788 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10789 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10790 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10792 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
10795 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10796 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
10797 if (!info
->relocatable
)
10798 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
10799 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
) != 1)
10805 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
10807 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
10809 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
10810 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
10814 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
10816 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
10817 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
10821 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
10823 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10824 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
10825 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10826 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
10830 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
10832 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10833 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10834 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
10837 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
10838 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10839 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
10842 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
10843 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10844 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
10847 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
10848 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10849 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
10853 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
10855 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10856 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10857 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
10861 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
10863 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
10866 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
10867 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
10870 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
10873 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10875 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
10878 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
10880 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
10882 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10883 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
10884 alignment requirements. */
10885 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
10886 end
= align_power (end
,
10887 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
10888 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
10891 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
10892 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10894 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
10898 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
10899 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
10900 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
10901 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
10902 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
10904 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
10905 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
10906 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
10907 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
10908 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
10909 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
10910 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
10911 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
10912 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
10913 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
10914 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
10915 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
10916 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
10918 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
10919 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
10920 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10922 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10924 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10925 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
10926 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10927 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
10929 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
10931 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
10933 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
10936 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10937 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10939 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
10944 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
10946 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10947 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
10948 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10949 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10950 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
10952 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
10954 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
)
10956 iclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
10957 oclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
10961 iclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
10962 oclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
10965 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10966 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10967 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
10968 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
10977 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
10978 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
10980 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
10981 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10982 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
10984 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
10985 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
10989 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10990 with the wrong input file. */
10991 memset (&elfsym
, 0, sizeof (elfsym
));
10992 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10993 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10995 if (flinfo
.filesym_count
> 1
10996 && !elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
10997 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
11000 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11001 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11002 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11003 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11004 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11005 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11006 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11007 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11008 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11009 eoinfo
.need_second_pass
= FALSE
;
11010 eoinfo
.second_pass
= FALSE
;
11011 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11015 if (flinfo
.filesym_count
== 1
11016 && !elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11017 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
11020 if (eoinfo
.need_second_pass
)
11022 eoinfo
.second_pass
= TRUE
;
11023 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11028 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11029 table, do it now. */
11030 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11032 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11033 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11034 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11036 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11037 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11041 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11042 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11043 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11044 converted to local in a version script. */
11046 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11047 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11050 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
11051 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11053 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11054 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
11055 long last_local
= 0;
11057 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11058 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
11064 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11066 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11068 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11074 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11077 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11078 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11079 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11080 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11082 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11083 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11084 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
11085 last_local
= dynindx
;
11086 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11090 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11091 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
11093 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11094 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11099 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11100 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11101 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11103 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11105 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11110 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11111 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11113 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11115 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11118 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
11119 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
11121 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11122 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11126 elf_section_data (flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
11130 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11131 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11132 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11133 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11134 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11138 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11139 table, do it now. */
11140 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11142 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11143 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11144 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11146 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11147 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11151 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
11152 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&flinfo
, bed
))
11155 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11156 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11158 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11159 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11161 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11162 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11163 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11164 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11165 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11167 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11170 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11171 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11176 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11178 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11179 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11180 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11181 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
11182 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11183 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11184 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11185 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
11186 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
11187 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11188 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
11190 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
11193 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11195 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11196 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
11200 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
11201 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11203 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11204 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
11207 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11208 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
);
11209 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11210 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
);
11212 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
11213 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
11214 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11217 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
11218 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
11220 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
11221 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
11224 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11226 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
11227 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11228 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
11230 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11231 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11232 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11234 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11238 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11245 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
11247 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
11249 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
11250 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
11253 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
11260 name
= info
->init_function
;
11263 name
= info
->fini_function
;
11266 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11268 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
11269 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11271 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11272 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11274 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11275 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11276 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11277 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
11278 + o
->output_offset
);
11281 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
11282 library and does not apply to this one. */
11283 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11290 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11291 name
= ".preinit_array";
11293 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11294 name
= ".init_array";
11296 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
11297 name
= ".fini_array";
11299 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11302 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11303 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11307 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11308 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
11309 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
11312 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
11313 name
= ".preinit_array";
11315 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
11316 name
= ".init_array";
11318 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
11319 name
= ".fini_array";
11326 name
= ".gnu.hash";
11335 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
11338 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
11341 name
= ".gnu.version";
11343 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11346 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11347 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11350 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
11352 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11353 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
11354 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11357 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
11364 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
11368 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11369 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11370 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11372 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11374 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
11375 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
11376 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11378 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
11379 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
11382 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
11383 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
11384 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
11390 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
11394 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
11395 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
11397 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
11400 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
11401 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
11402 || info
->error_textrel
)
11403 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
11405 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11407 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11408 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11409 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11411 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11413 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11415 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
11417 if (info
->error_textrel
)
11418 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11419 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
11421 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11422 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
11428 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11430 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
11432 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11434 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
11436 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
11437 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
11440 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
11442 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
11444 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
11446 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
11447 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
11449 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
11455 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
11457 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
11458 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11459 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
11460 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
11466 if (info
->relocatable
)
11468 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
11470 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
11475 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
11476 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
11478 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
11482 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
)
11484 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
11488 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11489 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11490 if (flinfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
11491 free (flinfo
.contents
);
11492 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11493 free (flinfo
.external_relocs
);
11494 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11495 free (flinfo
.internal_relocs
);
11496 if (flinfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
11497 free (flinfo
.external_syms
);
11498 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11499 free (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
);
11500 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11501 free (flinfo
.internal_syms
);
11502 if (flinfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
11503 free (flinfo
.indices
);
11504 if (flinfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
11505 free (flinfo
.sections
);
11506 if (flinfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
11507 free (flinfo
.symbuf
);
11508 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11509 free (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
);
11510 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11512 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11513 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11514 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11515 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11516 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11519 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
= TRUE
;
11523 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
11524 if (contents
== NULL
)
11525 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
11526 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
11527 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
11534 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11535 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11536 if (flinfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
11537 free (flinfo
.contents
);
11538 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11539 free (flinfo
.external_relocs
);
11540 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11541 free (flinfo
.internal_relocs
);
11542 if (flinfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
11543 free (flinfo
.external_syms
);
11544 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11545 free (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
);
11546 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11547 free (flinfo
.internal_syms
);
11548 if (flinfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
11549 free (flinfo
.indices
);
11550 if (flinfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
11551 free (flinfo
.sections
);
11552 if (flinfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
11553 free (flinfo
.symbuf
);
11554 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11555 free (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
);
11556 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11558 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11559 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11560 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11561 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11562 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11568 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
11571 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11572 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
11574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11575 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11577 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11578 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11580 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
11581 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11582 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
11583 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
11585 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11586 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
11590 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11591 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11594 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11595 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
11597 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
11599 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11600 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
11602 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11603 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
11605 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
11607 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
11610 if (info
->keep_memory
)
11611 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
11616 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
11619 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
11621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11623 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11624 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
11625 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
11626 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
11629 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
11630 of input bfd ABFD. */
11633 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11634 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
11637 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11639 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11641 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
11642 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
11646 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11648 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
11649 info
->keep_memory
);
11650 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
11652 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11653 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
11654 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11656 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11660 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
11664 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11667 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
11668 free (cookie
->rels
);
11671 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
11674 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11678 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
11680 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
11685 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11690 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
11694 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11697 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
11698 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11701 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
11703 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
11706 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11707 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11708 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11709 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11710 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11712 const char *sec_name
;
11716 switch (h
->root
.type
)
11718 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11719 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11720 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11722 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11723 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
11725 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11726 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11727 /* To work around a glibc bug, keep all XXX input sections
11728 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
11729 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
11730 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
11731 representable as a C identifier. */
11732 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
11733 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
11734 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
11735 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
11739 if (sec_name
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
11743 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
11745 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
11747 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11757 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
11762 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11763 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
11764 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
11767 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
11768 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11769 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11771 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11772 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11774 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
11775 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11778 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
11779 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
11781 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
11782 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11783 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11784 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11786 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
11787 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
11788 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
11789 handling copy relocs. */
11790 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
11791 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
11792 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
11795 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
11796 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
11799 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11800 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
11801 the relocation symbol. */
11804 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11806 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11807 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11811 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
);
11812 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
11814 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11815 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11817 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11823 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
11824 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
11825 which define symbols to which it refers. */
11828 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11830 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
11833 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
11837 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
11838 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
11839 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
11840 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11843 /* Look through the section relocs. */
11845 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
11846 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11847 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
11848 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
11850 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11852 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11856 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
11857 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11862 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11866 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
11868 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11870 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
11874 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
11875 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11877 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
11884 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
11887 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11888 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11892 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
11895 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
11897 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11900 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept, and see whether
11901 any other section is already marked. */
11903 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
11905 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
11907 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
11911 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
11912 toss out debug sections. */
11916 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
11917 not part of a group, or when we have single-member groups. */
11918 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
11919 if ((elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
11920 || elf_next_in_group (isec
) == isec
)
11921 && ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
11922 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0))
11928 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
11930 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
11932 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11933 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
11938 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
11941 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11942 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11943 && !(h
->def_regular
11944 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
11945 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11946 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
11948 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
11950 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
11951 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
11952 h
->def_regular
= 0;
11953 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
11954 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
11960 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
11962 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
11963 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
11966 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11969 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11970 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
11971 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
11972 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
11974 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
11978 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11981 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11983 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
11984 sections in the section group. If the first member of
11985 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
11987 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
11989 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
11990 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
11996 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
11997 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12000 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12001 to remove a section from the output. */
12002 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12004 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12005 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12007 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12008 info we collected before. */
12010 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12011 && o
->reloc_count
> 0
12012 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12014 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12018 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12019 info
->keep_memory
);
12020 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12023 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12025 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12026 free (internal_relocs
);
12034 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
12035 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
12036 static symbol table as well? */
12037 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
12038 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
12039 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
12042 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
12046 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12047 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12050 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12052 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12053 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12056 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12057 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12060 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12061 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12064 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
12065 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
12067 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
12069 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
12071 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12072 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
12077 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
12079 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
12080 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12082 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12085 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12086 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12088 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
12089 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12090 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
12105 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12108 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
12109 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
12110 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12111 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12113 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
12114 well as those that are not loaded. */
12115 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12118 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12119 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
12121 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12122 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12123 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
12125 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
12127 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
12128 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
12129 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12131 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
12133 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
12134 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
12136 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
12137 if (h
->vtable
->used
12138 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
12140 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
12141 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
12144 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
12145 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
12151 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
12152 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
12156 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12158 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
12160 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12161 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12163 || ((!info
->executable
|| info
->export_dynamic
)
12165 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
12166 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
12167 && (strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
) != NULL
12168 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
12169 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
12170 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12175 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
12176 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
12179 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12181 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
12183 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
12185 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12187 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
12188 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
12191 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12192 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12193 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12194 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12198 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
12201 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12203 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
12205 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
12206 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12208 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
12209 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12211 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
12215 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
12217 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
12218 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
12219 _bfd_elf_begin_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12220 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
12223 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12225 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
12226 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12228 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12229 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
12230 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12231 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
12232 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12233 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (sec
);
12236 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12238 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
12239 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12240 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
,
12245 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
12246 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12247 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
,
12252 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
12253 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
12254 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12255 bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
,
12258 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
12259 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
12260 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
12264 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12267 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
12268 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
12270 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12272 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
12273 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
12274 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
12275 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
12277 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12282 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
12283 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12285 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
12286 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
12289 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
12292 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
12294 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12297 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
12298 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
12299 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
12300 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12302 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
12303 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
12305 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12306 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
12307 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
12309 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12310 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
12312 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
12313 offset as the relocation. */
12314 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
12316 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
12317 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12318 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12319 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
12320 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
12324 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
12325 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
12326 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
12330 if (!child
->vtable
)
12332 child
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12333 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
12334 if (!child
->vtable
)
12339 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
12340 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
12341 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
12342 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
12344 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
12347 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
12352 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
12355 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12356 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12357 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12360 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12361 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12365 h
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12366 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
12371 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
12373 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
12374 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12376 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
12378 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
12379 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
12380 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12384 if (addend
>= size
)
12386 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
12387 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
12388 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12391 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
12393 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
12394 consolidation pass. */
12395 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
12399 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
12405 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
12406 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
12407 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
12411 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
12416 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
12417 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
12418 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
12421 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
12426 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
12430 flagword flag_value
;
12431 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
12433 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
12435 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
12436 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
12437 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
12438 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
12439 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
12440 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
12441 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
12442 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
12443 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
12444 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
12445 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
12446 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
12449 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
12451 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12452 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
12455 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
12457 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
12459 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
12460 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12461 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
12463 int without_hex
= 0;
12465 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
12468 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
12470 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
12471 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
12473 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
12477 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12478 with_hex
|= hexval
;
12479 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12480 without_hex
|= hexval
;
12485 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
12487 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
12489 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12490 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12491 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12492 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12499 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12500 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
12504 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
12505 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
12506 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
12509 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
12512 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
12518 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
12520 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12523 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
12524 to real got offsets. */
12527 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
12529 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
12530 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
12531 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12533 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
12535 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
12536 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
12539 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
12544 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
12545 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
12548 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
12549 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12552 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12554 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
12556 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
12558 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12561 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
12562 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
12563 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
12566 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
12568 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
12569 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
12571 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
12572 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
12573 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12575 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12578 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
12582 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
12583 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
12584 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12586 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12588 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
12590 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
12592 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
12593 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
12596 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
12600 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
12601 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
12602 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
12603 gofarg
.info
= info
;
12604 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12605 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
12610 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
12611 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
12614 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12616 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
12619 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12620 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
12624 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
12626 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
12628 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12629 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
12631 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
12633 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12635 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12636 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
12638 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
12641 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12642 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12645 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
12646 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12648 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12650 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
12652 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12653 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12654 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12656 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12657 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12658 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12665 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
12666 but it could be a relocation against a local
12667 symbol for a discarded section. */
12669 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12671 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
12672 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
12673 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12674 if (isec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (isec
))
12682 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
12683 Returns TRUE if any section's size was changed. */
12684 /* This function assumes that the relocations are in sorted order,
12685 which is true for all known assemblers. */
12688 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12690 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12691 asection
*stab
, *eh
;
12692 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12694 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12696 if (info
->traditional_format
12697 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12700 _bfd_elf_begin_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12701 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
12703 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12706 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12709 if (!info
->relocatable
)
12711 eh
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".eh_frame");
12714 || bfd_is_abs_section (eh
->output_section
)))
12715 eh
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (eh
);
12718 stab
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stab");
12720 && (stab
->size
== 0
12721 || bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
)
12722 || stab
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
))
12727 && bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
== NULL
)
12730 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
12734 && stab
->reloc_count
> 0
12735 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, abfd
, stab
))
12737 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, stab
,
12738 elf_section_data (stab
)->sec_info
,
12739 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12742 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, stab
);
12746 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, abfd
, eh
))
12748 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
, &cookie
);
12749 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
,
12750 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12753 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, eh
);
12754 eh
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (eh
);
12757 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
12758 && (*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
12761 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
12763 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12765 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
12766 && !info
->relocatable
12767 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
12774 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
12776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12779 const char *name
, *key
;
12780 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
12781 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
12783 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12786 flags
= sec
->flags
;
12788 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
12789 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
12790 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
12793 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
12794 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
12795 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
12798 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
12800 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12801 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
12802 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
12803 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
12806 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
12807 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
12808 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
12811 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
12812 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
12813 single member groups. */
12817 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
12819 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12821 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
12822 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
12823 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
12824 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
12825 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
12826 type of section. */
12827 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12828 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12829 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
12830 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
12832 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
12833 issue a warning. */
12834 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
12837 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12839 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12840 asection
*s
= first
;
12844 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12845 /* Record which group discards it. */
12846 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12847 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
12848 /* These lists are circular. */
12858 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
12859 linkonce section and vice versa. */
12860 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12862 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12864 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
12865 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
12866 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12867 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
12868 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
12870 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12871 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12872 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12877 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
12878 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12879 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12881 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
12884 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
12885 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
12887 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12888 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
12893 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
12894 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
12895 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
12896 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
12897 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
12898 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
12899 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
12900 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
12901 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
12902 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
12903 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
12905 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
12906 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12907 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
12908 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
12910 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
12911 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12915 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
12916 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
12917 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
12918 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12922 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12924 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
12928 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12934 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12936 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12940 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
12941 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12942 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12943 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12944 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12947 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12950 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
12952 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
12954 static const char *
12955 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
12957 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12960 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
12961 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
12963 if (old_name
== NULL
)
12966 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
12967 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
12972 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
12973 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
12974 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
12978 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12980 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12982 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
12984 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12986 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
12990 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
12992 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
12993 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13000 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13001 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13002 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13005 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13006 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13007 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13008 string table associated with ABFD. */
13011 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
* sec
,
13013 unsigned int alignment
,
13015 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13017 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13019 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13021 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13026 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
13028 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13030 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
13031 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
13032 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
13033 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
13035 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
13036 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13038 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
13043 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13049 /* Copy the ELF symbol type associated with a linker hash entry. */
13051 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13052 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
* hdest
,
13053 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
* hsrc
)
13055 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)hdest
;
13056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)hsrc
;
13058 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
13059 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
13062 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13065 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13067 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13068 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
13069 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13070 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
13073 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13076 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13078 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13079 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
13080 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13081 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);